7622 lines
330 KiB
Plaintext
7622 lines
330 KiB
Plaintext
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||
#
|
||
# Translators:
|
||
# Morten Schou <ms@msteknik.dk>, 2021
|
||
# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021
|
||
# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2021
|
||
# Mads Søndergaard, 2021
|
||
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
|
||
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2021
|
||
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021
|
||
# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2021
|
||
#
|
||
#, fuzzy
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Language: da\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory & Mrp"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4
|
||
msgid "Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "Lager"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Stregkoder"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Daily Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Daglige aktiviteter"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open"
|
||
" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet "
|
||
"*Commands for Inventory*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to "
|
||
"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the "
|
||
"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set"
|
||
" the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if "
|
||
"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in "
|
||
"manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
|
||
"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Overview"
|
||
msgstr "Oversigt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful."
|
||
" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in"
|
||
" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get "
|
||
"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the "
|
||
"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
|
||
"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
|
||
"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode "
|
||
"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to "
|
||
"create your first rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode "
|
||
"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature,"
|
||
" in our case it will be Weighted Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of "
|
||
"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will "
|
||
"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start."
|
||
" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there"
|
||
" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the"
|
||
" “D” define the decimals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should"
|
||
" be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the "
|
||
"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Configure your Product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
|
||
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to "
|
||
"identify the product;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case"
|
||
" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know"
|
||
" which digit it should be in your case."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following"
|
||
" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when "
|
||
"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the "
|
||
"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Rule Types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"price, used in POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied "
|
||
"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the "
|
||
"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the "
|
||
"weight) and in inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with "
|
||
"loyalty program."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-"
|
||
"location is activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are"
|
||
" activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the "
|
||
"Mercury module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and "
|
||
"transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any "
|
||
"number of characters, those characters being any number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Simple Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to "
|
||
"*Operations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to "
|
||
"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to "
|
||
"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the "
|
||
"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the "
|
||
"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with "
|
||
"the stock moves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add "
|
||
"additional steps for the different operation types."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Receipts"
|
||
msgstr "Varemodtagelse"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to "
|
||
"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main "
|
||
"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode "
|
||
"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply "
|
||
"scan the next product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Leveringsordrer"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is "
|
||
"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start "
|
||
"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to "
|
||
"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to "
|
||
"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the "
|
||
"*Previous* and *Next* buttons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you "
|
||
"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Internal Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Interne flytninger"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to "
|
||
"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in "
|
||
"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct,"
|
||
" you don’t need to scan them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways "
|
||
"of working:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, "
|
||
"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the"
|
||
" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work "
|
||
"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the "
|
||
"lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print"
|
||
" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode "
|
||
"sheet* from the home page of the app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document."
|
||
" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your "
|
||
"products to populate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Opsætning"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
|
||
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
|
||
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
|
||
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
|
||
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
|
||
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
|
||
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
|
||
"be configured to be so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
|
||
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
|
||
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
|
||
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
|
||
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
|
||
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
|
||
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
|
||
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
|
||
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
|
||
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
|
||
" it is essential to test it first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Keyboard layout"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
|
||
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
|
||
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
|
||
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
|
||
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
|
||
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
|
||
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
|
||
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
|
||
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
|
||
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
|
||
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
|
||
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
|
||
"the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Konfiguration"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
|
||
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
|
||
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
|
||
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
|
||
"Products Barcodes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
|
||
"at creation on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
|
||
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
|
||
"*Print* menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Barcode Formats"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||
"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your "
|
||
"own barcode format for internal use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Warehouse Management"
|
||
msgstr "Lagerstyring"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6
|
||
msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be "
|
||
"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery "
|
||
"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in "
|
||
"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in "
|
||
"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer."
|
||
" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are "
|
||
"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of "
|
||
"space in your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large"
|
||
" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a "
|
||
"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your "
|
||
"product is unique, then it makes sense!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33
|
||
msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Make sure time is not against you."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more "
|
||
"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to"
|
||
" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If "
|
||
"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold "
|
||
"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our "
|
||
"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog"
|
||
"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to "
|
||
"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a "
|
||
"product via drop-shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. "
|
||
"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist "
|
||
"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor."
|
||
" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order "
|
||
"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-"
|
||
"Shipping*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request "
|
||
"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You "
|
||
"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and "
|
||
"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination"
|
||
" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your "
|
||
"own stock when you validate the dropship document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your "
|
||
"inventory dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your "
|
||
"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle "
|
||
"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12
|
||
msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated "
|
||
"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high "
|
||
"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the "
|
||
"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows "
|
||
"to handle orders very quickly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least"
|
||
" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by "
|
||
"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the "
|
||
"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and "
|
||
"especially when the items you stock are big in size."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main "
|
||
"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a "
|
||
"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then "
|
||
"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53
|
||
msgid "One step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Two steps flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Three steps flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How can I change the label type?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery "
|
||
"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your "
|
||
"delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery"
|
||
" methods**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one"
|
||
" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the "
|
||
"carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and "
|
||
"you create a new sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which"
|
||
" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type "
|
||
"bottom half for example, here is the difference :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default "
|
||
"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to"
|
||
" the customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping"
|
||
" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
|
||
"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Create a Sales Order"
|
||
msgstr "Opret en salgsordre"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products "
|
||
"to deliver and confirm it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the "
|
||
"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat "
|
||
"button, you should now see your delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Process a Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* "
|
||
"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under"
|
||
" the Delivery Orders Kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on "
|
||
"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock "
|
||
"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that "
|
||
"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now "
|
||
"*Done*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
|
||
"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are "
|
||
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, "
|
||
"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more "
|
||
"steps before shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked "
|
||
"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output "
|
||
"location before being effectively shipped to the customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide"
|
||
" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will "
|
||
"chain the picking step to the shipping step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating "
|
||
"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the "
|
||
"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option"
|
||
" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing"
|
||
" Shipments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, "
|
||
"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one"
|
||
" you want to rename and update its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable "
|
||
"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be "
|
||
"created and automatically linked to your sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54
|
||
msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56
|
||
msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58
|
||
msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60
|
||
msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* "
|
||
"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing "
|
||
"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the "
|
||
"inventory dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved "
|
||
"and you can simply validate the picking document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products "
|
||
"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing "
|
||
"order which can be directly validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to "
|
||
"transfer the products to the customer location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
|
||
"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are "
|
||
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that "
|
||
"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are "
|
||
"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an "
|
||
"output location before being effectively shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the "
|
||
"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option"
|
||
" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location."
|
||
" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable "
|
||
"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be "
|
||
"created and automatically linked to your sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different "
|
||
"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and "
|
||
"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* "
|
||
"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the "
|
||
"picking operation has been marked as done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products "
|
||
"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery"
|
||
" order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
|
||
msgstr "Indkommende leverancer"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your"
|
||
" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you "
|
||
"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15
|
||
msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17
|
||
msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control "
|
||
"before being admitted in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different "
|
||
"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In "
|
||
"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the "
|
||
"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27
|
||
msgid "The principles are the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29
|
||
msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them "
|
||
"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
|
||
"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received "
|
||
"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality "
|
||
"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the"
|
||
" goods receipt process can become essential."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area"
|
||
" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can "
|
||
"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and "
|
||
"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will "
|
||
"return the quantity that is not good."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55
|
||
msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69
|
||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default "
|
||
"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors "
|
||
"to the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming"
|
||
" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
|
||
"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Create a Purchase Order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and "
|
||
"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm "
|
||
"the *RfQ*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you "
|
||
"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the "
|
||
"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* "
|
||
"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click "
|
||
"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from "
|
||
"suppliers are considered as being always available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* "
|
||
"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took "
|
||
"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality "
|
||
"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality "
|
||
"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality "
|
||
"control step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. "
|
||
"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, "
|
||
"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have "
|
||
"two-steps or three-steps processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your "
|
||
"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control "
|
||
"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC "
|
||
"requirements are moved to stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a "
|
||
"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain "
|
||
"the picking step to the shipping step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage "
|
||
"Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work "
|
||
"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then "
|
||
"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* "
|
||
"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* "
|
||
"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then,"
|
||
" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source "
|
||
"document:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56
|
||
msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality "
|
||
"control zone;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* "
|
||
"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase "
|
||
"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they "
|
||
"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes "
|
||
"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products "
|
||
"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the "
|
||
"transfer can be directly validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is "
|
||
"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt"
|
||
" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the "
|
||
"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow "
|
||
"you to have 2 steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then "
|
||
"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
|
||
"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide"
|
||
" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will "
|
||
"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in"
|
||
" stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step "
|
||
"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which "
|
||
"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods "
|
||
"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. "
|
||
"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Create a purchase order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with"
|
||
" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is "
|
||
"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to "
|
||
"your purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking "
|
||
"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another"
|
||
" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the "
|
||
"products to *Stock*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while "
|
||
"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been "
|
||
"marked as *Done*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it "
|
||
"through the inventory dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received "
|
||
"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is "
|
||
"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them "
|
||
"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Lot og Serienumre"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||
msgstr "Introduktion"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
|
||
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
|
||
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
|
||
"altogether in one single pack."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
|
||
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
|
||
"delivery and after-sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
|
||
msgid "When to use"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
|
||
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
|
||
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
|
||
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
|
||
"food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
|
||
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
|
||
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
|
||
" way you manage these products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
|
||
msgid "When not to use"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
|
||
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
|
||
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
|
||
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
|
||
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
|
||
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
|
||
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
|
||
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage expiration dates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked"
|
||
" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks "
|
||
"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to "
|
||
"customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even"
|
||
" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Configurations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Application configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial"
|
||
" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Product configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory "
|
||
"tab* of the product form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start "
|
||
"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the "
|
||
"lot/serial number;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become "
|
||
"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial "
|
||
"number;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be "
|
||
"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be "
|
||
"raised on the lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated "
|
||
"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the "
|
||
"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Expiration Alerts"
|
||
msgstr "Udløbs advarsler"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do "
|
||
"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you "
|
||
"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that "
|
||
"exceeded their alert date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage lots of identical products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a "
|
||
"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots "
|
||
"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production "
|
||
"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the "
|
||
"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced "
|
||
"traceability."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Setting Up"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Application Configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & "
|
||
"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Product Configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial "
|
||
"numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your"
|
||
" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the "
|
||
"inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Manage Lots"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot "
|
||
"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
|
||
msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add"
|
||
" a line* again to register a new lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your "
|
||
"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial "
|
||
"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. "
|
||
"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are "
|
||
"contained in each one of the lots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Operation Types"
|
||
msgstr "Aktivitetstyper"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots "
|
||
"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide "
|
||
"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By "
|
||
"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and "
|
||
"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have "
|
||
"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to "
|
||
"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
|
||
msgid "Lots traceability"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they "
|
||
"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were "
|
||
"shipped to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master"
|
||
" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to "
|
||
"your search."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the"
|
||
" lot number has been used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the "
|
||
"*Location* stat button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Work with serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number "
|
||
"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, "
|
||
"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will "
|
||
"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its "
|
||
"last movement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-"
|
||
"entry management is the feature you need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. "
|
||
"Then, enable the feature and hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers."
|
||
" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the "
|
||
"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial "
|
||
"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify "
|
||
"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Manual assignation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73
|
||
msgid "Multi-assignation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly "
|
||
"need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can "
|
||
"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial "
|
||
"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial "
|
||
"number to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you "
|
||
"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* "
|
||
"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you"
|
||
" need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106
|
||
msgid "Operation types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each "
|
||
"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers "
|
||
"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only "
|
||
"allowed at product reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be "
|
||
"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Serial Number traceability"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were "
|
||
"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped "
|
||
"to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial"
|
||
" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* "
|
||
"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has "
|
||
"been used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the"
|
||
" *Location* button available on the serial number form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Diverse handlinger"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Batch Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing "
|
||
"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you "
|
||
"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it,"
|
||
" either via the barcode application or in the form view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` "
|
||
"and hit the create button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you "
|
||
"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a"
|
||
" line*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that "
|
||
"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to "
|
||
"be included in the batch transfer were selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. "
|
||
"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the "
|
||
"locations they have been reserved from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in "
|
||
"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch "
|
||
"transfer or create a new one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the"
|
||
" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select "
|
||
"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated "
|
||
"too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for "
|
||
"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch "
|
||
"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source "
|
||
"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* "
|
||
"button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last "
|
||
"page) to mark the batch transfer as done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having"
|
||
" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new"
|
||
" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure "
|
||
"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to "
|
||
"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through "
|
||
"advanced settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in "
|
||
"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. "
|
||
"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has "
|
||
"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39
|
||
msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still "
|
||
"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Planning"
|
||
msgstr "Planlægning"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It "
|
||
"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, "
|
||
"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate"
|
||
" scheduled dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for "
|
||
"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer "
|
||
"will get the products he ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives "
|
||
"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take "
|
||
"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into "
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated "
|
||
"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is"
|
||
" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you "
|
||
"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer "
|
||
"lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many "
|
||
"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default"
|
||
" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead "
|
||
"Time**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a "
|
||
"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope "
|
||
"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the "
|
||
"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be "
|
||
"the default *Receipt* scheduled date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO "
|
||
"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt "
|
||
"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to "
|
||
"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo "
|
||
"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific "
|
||
"date is set on the line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to "
|
||
"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to "
|
||
"produce and does not take the routing time into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk "
|
||
"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery "
|
||
"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead"
|
||
" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Sales - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows "
|
||
"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is"
|
||
" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously "
|
||
"configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a "
|
||
"warning message is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure "
|
||
"all the lead times that could occur."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Kunde leveringstid"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your"
|
||
" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by "
|
||
"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your "
|
||
"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead"
|
||
" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219
|
||
msgid "Security Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Sikkerhed ledetid"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are "
|
||
"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping "
|
||
"earlier in order to arrive on time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a "
|
||
"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but "
|
||
"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for "
|
||
"the delivery order is the 5th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131
|
||
msgid "Deliver several products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can "
|
||
"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or "
|
||
"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When"
|
||
" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to "
|
||
"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead "
|
||
"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated "
|
||
"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is "
|
||
"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the "
|
||
"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product"
|
||
" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154
|
||
msgid "Purchase - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Supplier Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to "
|
||
"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the "
|
||
"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase "
|
||
"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead "
|
||
"Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times "
|
||
"depending on the vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for "
|
||
"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error "
|
||
"for your supplier to deliver your order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Produktions gennemløbstid"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product."
|
||
" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the "
|
||
"number of days the manufacturing takes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the "
|
||
"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s"
|
||
" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of "
|
||
"July is June 27th."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing "
|
||
"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th "
|
||
"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead "
|
||
"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on "
|
||
"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238
|
||
msgid "Global Example"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240
|
||
msgid "Here is a configuration:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243
|
||
msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244
|
||
msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246
|
||
msgid "4 days of supplier lead time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery "
|
||
"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, "
|
||
"here is when all the various steps are triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252
|
||
msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier "
|
||
"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of"
|
||
" security lead time for Purchase)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 "
|
||
"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for "
|
||
"Manufacturing)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of "
|
||
"security lead time for sales)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Products"
|
||
msgstr "Varer"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
|
||
"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
|
||
"delivery strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Terminology"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Minimum stock rule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
|
||
"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
|
||
"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
|
||
" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
|
||
" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Make to Order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
|
||
"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
|
||
"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
|
||
"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
|
||
"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
|
||
" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
|
||
"values for a given product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
|
||
"multiple\" fields"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
|
||
"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
|
||
"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
|
||
"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
|
||
"other module where products are available)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64
|
||
msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Choice between the two options"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
|
||
"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
|
||
"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
|
||
"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use Different Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
|
||
" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
|
||
" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you "
|
||
"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products "
|
||
"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your "
|
||
"customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then "
|
||
"*Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Create New Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`."
|
||
" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we"
|
||
" will use for the Egg product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert "
|
||
"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same "
|
||
"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure "
|
||
"for the category which is “Units” here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, "
|
||
"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of "
|
||
"measure, and click on *Edit*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in "
|
||
"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal "
|
||
"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||
"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which"
|
||
" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*"
|
||
" it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of "
|
||
"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually "
|
||
"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to"
|
||
" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been "
|
||
"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Genopfyldning"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, "
|
||
"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94
|
||
msgid "Sell in bigger UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to "
|
||
"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically "
|
||
"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the "
|
||
"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr "Enheder"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you "
|
||
"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your"
|
||
" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your "
|
||
"supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done "
|
||
"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the "
|
||
"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run "
|
||
"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase "
|
||
"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Packages"
|
||
msgstr "Pakker"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several "
|
||
"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can "
|
||
"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows "
|
||
"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done"
|
||
" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do "
|
||
"this for each package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Packaging"
|
||
msgstr "Emballering"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you "
|
||
"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice "
|
||
"and the power plug."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They "
|
||
"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning "
|
||
"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the"
|
||
" packing on the picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory Adjustment"
|
||
msgstr "Lagerjustering"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate"
|
||
" \\*multi-step routes\\*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be "
|
||
"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly "
|
||
"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your "
|
||
"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected,"
|
||
" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in "
|
||
"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. "
|
||
"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Run scheduler`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from"
|
||
" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in"
|
||
" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is "
|
||
"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from "
|
||
"Second warehouse\\*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs "
|
||
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing "
|
||
"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting "
|
||
"application to be installed)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the "
|
||
"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be "
|
||
"recorded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Add costs to products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick "
|
||
"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37
|
||
msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
|
||
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I "
|
||
"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now "
|
||
"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to "
|
||
"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed"
|
||
" cost."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by "
|
||
"clicking on the journal entry."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly "
|
||
"create the landed cost from there."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very "
|
||
"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of "
|
||
"a company."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15
|
||
msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or "
|
||
"automatically)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three "
|
||
"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71
|
||
msgid "Standard Price"
|
||
msgstr "Standard pris"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Operation"
|
||
msgstr "Handling"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128
|
||
msgid "Unit Cost"
|
||
msgstr "Enhedsomkostning"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Qty On Hand"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delta Value"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131
|
||
msgid "Inventory Value"
|
||
msgstr "Lagerværdi"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138
|
||
msgid "€10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134
|
||
msgid "0"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136
|
||
msgid "€0"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137
|
||
msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139
|
||
msgid "8"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140
|
||
msgid "+8*€10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141
|
||
msgid "€80"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142
|
||
msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144
|
||
msgid "12"
|
||
msgstr "12"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54
|
||
msgid "+4*€10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55
|
||
msgid "€120"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147
|
||
msgid "Deliver 10 Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149
|
||
msgid "2"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-10*€10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61
|
||
msgid "€20"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155
|
||
msgid "4"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65
|
||
msgid "+2*€10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66
|
||
msgid "€40"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you "
|
||
"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation "
|
||
"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must"
|
||
" be reviewed periodically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Average Price"
|
||
msgstr "Gennemsnitspris"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143
|
||
msgid "€12"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145
|
||
msgid "+4*€16"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146
|
||
msgid "€144"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-10*€12"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106
|
||
msgid "€24"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153
|
||
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108
|
||
msgid "€9"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156
|
||
msgid "+2*€6"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111
|
||
msgid "€36"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value "
|
||
"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the "
|
||
"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
|
||
msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168
|
||
msgid "FIFO"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148
|
||
msgid "€16"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-8*€10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-2*€16"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152
|
||
msgid "€32"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154
|
||
msgid "€11"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157
|
||
msgid "€44"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase "
|
||
"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule"
|
||
" that applies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the "
|
||
"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial "
|
||
"number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, "
|
||
"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171
|
||
msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting "
|
||
"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. "
|
||
"Those two methods are detailed below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your"
|
||
" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental "
|
||
"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product "
|
||
"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only "
|
||
"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In "
|
||
"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen "
|
||
"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the "
|
||
":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and open your "
|
||
"accounting settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191
|
||
msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on "
|
||
"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry "
|
||
"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check"
|
||
" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting "
|
||
"postings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362
|
||
msgid "Continental Accounting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
|
||
msgid "Vendor Bill"
|
||
msgstr "Leverandørfaktura"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
|
||
msgid "\\"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
|
||
msgid "Debit"
|
||
msgstr "Debet"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
|
||
msgid "Credit"
|
||
msgstr "Kredit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
|
||
msgid "50"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287
|
||
msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287
|
||
msgid "4.68"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288
|
||
msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288
|
||
msgid "54.68"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
|
||
msgid "Configuration:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of "
|
||
"related product (Expense Account field)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295
|
||
msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296
|
||
msgid "Goods Receptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320
|
||
msgid "No Journal Entry"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
|
||
msgid "Customer Invoice"
|
||
msgstr "Kundefaktura"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
|
||
msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
|
||
msgid "100"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305
|
||
msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305
|
||
msgid "9"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306
|
||
msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306
|
||
msgid "109"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related "
|
||
"product (Income Account field)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312
|
||
msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
|
||
msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
|
||
"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317
|
||
msgid "Customer Shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Produktionsordrer"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just"
|
||
" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your "
|
||
"Profit&Loss section to your assets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346
|
||
msgid "X"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te "
|
||
"**Inventory Variations** debited."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389
|
||
msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting"
|
||
msgstr "Anglo-Saxon Accounting"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and"
|
||
" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing "
|
||
"inventory value"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334
|
||
msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350
|
||
msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting "
|
||
"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are "
|
||
"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced"
|
||
" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra "
|
||
"configuration & testing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those "
|
||
"accounting entries. This is done on the product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401
|
||
msgid "**Configuration:**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403
|
||
msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be"
|
||
" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
|
||
" specific product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
|
||
"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
|
||
"product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
|
||
"as a specific replacement value"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using the inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in "
|
||
"Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Receive a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory"
|
||
" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your "
|
||
"product (more info here)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO "
|
||
"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25
|
||
msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory "
|
||
"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the "
|
||
"valuation stat button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover "
|
||
"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are "
|
||
"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44
|
||
msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total "
|
||
"value of $100."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in "
|
||
"case of automated inventory valuation)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Deliver a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will "
|
||
"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68
|
||
msgid "The inventory valuation report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report "
|
||
"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory "
|
||
"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By "
|
||
"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same "
|
||
"information for a past date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "Lagre"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items "
|
||
"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be "
|
||
"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an "
|
||
"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is "
|
||
"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure "
|
||
"as much locations as you need under one warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15
|
||
msgid "There are 3 types of locations:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
|
||
"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and "
|
||
"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
|
||
"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only "
|
||
"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
|
||
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
|
||
"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of "
|
||
"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into "
|
||
"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your "
|
||
"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
|
||
"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the "
|
||
"organization of your warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Advanced Routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Concepts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
|
||
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
|
||
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
|
||
"another truck."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
|
||
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
|
||
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
|
||
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
|
||
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38
|
||
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
|
||
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
|
||
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
|
||
"for it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
|
||
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
|
||
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
|
||
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
|
||
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
|
||
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
|
||
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
|
||
"products in the *Input Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
|
||
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
|
||
"*Output*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one "
|
||
"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse"
|
||
" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the "
|
||
"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an "
|
||
"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
|
||
"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable "
|
||
"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Creating a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and "
|
||
"click on **Create**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five "
|
||
"characters maximum."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse "
|
||
"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters"
|
||
" of location])."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your "
|
||
"warehouse have been automatically generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Creating a new inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory "
|
||
"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not "
|
||
"the case, you can skip this step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> "
|
||
"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on "
|
||
"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to "
|
||
"select the right warehouse and location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing "
|
||
"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real "
|
||
"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be "
|
||
"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of "
|
||
"all your products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer "
|
||
"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed "
|
||
"as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two "
|
||
"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned "
|
||
"Transfer`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your "
|
||
"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your "
|
||
"\"new\" warehouse)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then "
|
||
"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer "
|
||
"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting "
|
||
"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of "
|
||
"products in your source warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102
|
||
msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Select the right transfer order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the "
|
||
"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how "
|
||
"many products you process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the "
|
||
"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo "
|
||
"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the "
|
||
"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, "
|
||
"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure"
|
||
" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set"
|
||
" those virtual warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Set up virtual warehouses"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new"
|
||
" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock "
|
||
"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the "
|
||
"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on "
|
||
"create."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, "
|
||
"because you will need it later in the process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and "
|
||
"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A"
|
||
" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two "
|
||
"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse"
|
||
" A+B."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in"
|
||
" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. "
|
||
"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping "
|
||
"information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery"
|
||
" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse"
|
||
" A and one in warehouse B."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
|
||
"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available "
|
||
"in the retail channel."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring "
|
||
"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory"
|
||
" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given "
|
||
"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, "
|
||
"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and "
|
||
"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also "
|
||
"trigger all the route's rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving "
|
||
"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these"
|
||
" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used "
|
||
"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly "
|
||
"stored in their respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
|
||
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
|
||
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
|
||
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes"
|
||
" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered"
|
||
" to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
|
||
msgid "How does it work?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Pull Rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
|
||
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale "
|
||
"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product"
|
||
" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for "
|
||
"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery "
|
||
"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the "
|
||
"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
|
||
"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the "
|
||
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are "
|
||
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and "
|
||
"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the "
|
||
"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Push regler (skub)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
|
||
"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when "
|
||
"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a"
|
||
" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, "
|
||
"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to "
|
||
"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different"
|
||
" products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the "
|
||
"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to "
|
||
"their *Storage Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the "
|
||
"upstream transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines"
|
||
" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during "
|
||
"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the "
|
||
"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105
|
||
msgid "Use Routes and Rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
|
||
"manage advanced routes configuration such as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111
|
||
msgid "Manage default locations per product;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as "
|
||
"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory "
|
||
"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, "
|
||
"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-"
|
||
"Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-"
|
||
"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133
|
||
msgid "Pre-configured Routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find "
|
||
"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. "
|
||
"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for "
|
||
"incoming and outgoing shipments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to"
|
||
" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once "
|
||
"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the "
|
||
"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* "
|
||
"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can "
|
||
"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the"
|
||
" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the"
|
||
" rules for the pre-configured route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171
|
||
msgid "Custom Routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be "
|
||
"selected. Of course, combinations are available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
|
||
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the "
|
||
"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this "
|
||
"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from "
|
||
"the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all "
|
||
"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the "
|
||
"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to "
|
||
"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful "
|
||
"if some products go through different routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it"
|
||
" must be selected on the sales order, such as below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218
|
||
msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
|
||
"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set"
|
||
" on which product it must be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and "
|
||
"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory"
|
||
" tab* and select the route you’ve created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t "
|
||
"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those "
|
||
"are vital to have working routings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245
|
||
msgid "Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Regler"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*"
|
||
" section, and click on *Add a line* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
|
||
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all "
|
||
"of them:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a "
|
||
"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been "
|
||
"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. "
|
||
"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to "
|
||
"fulfill this need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the "
|
||
"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, "
|
||
"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different "
|
||
"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a "
|
||
"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
|
||
"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a "
|
||
"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the "
|
||
"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for"
|
||
" quotation is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a "
|
||
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining "
|
||
"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, "
|
||
"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the "
|
||
"source location:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the "
|
||
"source location;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the"
|
||
" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are "
|
||
"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock "
|
||
"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the "
|
||
"source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of "
|
||
"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate "
|
||
"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer "
|
||
"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an "
|
||
"alert in the form of a *next activity*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309
|
||
msgid "What about a full flow?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a "
|
||
"full flow with an advanced custom route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three "
|
||
"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* "
|
||
"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from "
|
||
"WH/Stock to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* "
|
||
"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from "
|
||
"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner "
|
||
"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill "
|
||
"the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is "
|
||
"created to fulfill the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. "
|
||
"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous "
|
||
"transfer in the list is not done yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so "
|
||
"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
|
||
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
|
||
"required products from the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the "
|
||
"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then "
|
||
"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the"
|
||
" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is "
|
||
"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules "
|
||
"have been triggered and the transfers done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move "
|
||
"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo"
|
||
" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of"
|
||
" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into "
|
||
"the most appropriate location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important "
|
||
"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other "
|
||
"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules "
|
||
"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* "
|
||
"will be automatically activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have"
|
||
" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-"
|
||
"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the "
|
||
"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. "
|
||
"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main "
|
||
"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped "
|
||
"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, "
|
||
"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory "
|
||
"Report*, under the reporting menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
|
||
"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
|
||
"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
|
||
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
|
||
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
|
||
"the *Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
|
||
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage "
|
||
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
|
||
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
|
||
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
|
||
"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the"
|
||
" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
|
||
"are stored in their respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive "
|
||
"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that"
|
||
" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. "
|
||
"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with "
|
||
"the products fitting your settings the best."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick "
|
||
"for delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48
|
||
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products "
|
||
"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number "
|
||
"that has entered your stock the first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your "
|
||
"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, "
|
||
"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, "
|
||
"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders "
|
||
"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a "
|
||
"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in "
|
||
"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from "
|
||
"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo "
|
||
"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest"
|
||
" period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on "
|
||
"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for"
|
||
" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the "
|
||
"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. "
|
||
"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 "
|
||
"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on "
|
||
"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on "
|
||
"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested "
|
||
"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered "
|
||
"the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a"
|
||
" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or "
|
||
"obsolete products in your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
|
||
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two "
|
||
"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date "
|
||
"the product entered the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t "
|
||
"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). "
|
||
"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5"
|
||
" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on "
|
||
"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and "
|
||
"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes "
|
||
"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is "
|
||
"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for "
|
||
"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration "
|
||
"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot "
|
||
"that expires the sooner after 20002."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* "
|
||
"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest "
|
||
"expiration date from the order date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
|
||
msgid "Use Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by "
|
||
"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and "
|
||
"*Lots & Serial Numbers*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
|
||
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out "
|
||
"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with "
|
||
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with "
|
||
"outdated styles in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the "
|
||
"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our "
|
||
"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 "
|
||
"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. "
|
||
"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from "
|
||
"that lot are the first ones to move out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot"
|
||
" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
|
||
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
|
||
"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of "
|
||
"products without a shelf life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So,"
|
||
" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product "
|
||
"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
|
||
"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved "
|
||
"products are from lots 000003 and 000002."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
|
||
msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173
|
||
msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the "
|
||
"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to "
|
||
"their expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at "
|
||
":doc:`the related doc "
|
||
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different "
|
||
"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set"
|
||
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
|
||
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
|
||
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
|
||
" picked for delivery orders!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force "
|
||
"Removal Strategy*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots"
|
||
" of them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
|
||
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
|
||
msgid "**Product**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
|
||
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
|
||
msgid "0000001"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
|
||
msgid "Hand Cream"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
|
||
msgid "09/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
msgid "0000002"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
msgid "11/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
|
||
msgid "0000003"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
|
||
msgid "10/31/2019"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot "
|
||
"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the"
|
||
" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "Levering"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Shipping Operations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
|
||
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
|
||
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
|
||
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
|
||
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
|
||
"Tracking Ref**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
|
||
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
|
||
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
|
||
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
|
||
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
|
||
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
|
||
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
|
||
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
|
||
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
|
||
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
|
||
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
|
||
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
|
||
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
|
||
"add a line to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
|
||
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
|
||
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
|
||
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
|
||
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
|
||
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
|
||
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Company configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
|
||
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
|
||
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
|
||
"data**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
|
||
"computation cannot be done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
|
||
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
|
||
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels ?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
|
||
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
|
||
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
|
||
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
|
||
"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
|
||
"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
|
||
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Sale process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Sale order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
|
||
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
|
||
"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
|
||
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
|
||
"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
|
||
"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
|
||
"underneath:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Shipping Setup"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
|
||
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
|
||
"but also on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
|
||
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
|
||
"compute the real price and the packagings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Install the inventory module"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
|
||
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
|
||
" order to see it :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
|
||
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
|
||
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
|
||
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
|
||
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
|
||
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
|
||
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
|
||
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
|
||
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
|
||
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Delivery process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
|
||
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Levering"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
|
||
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
|
||
"chosen delivery method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
|
||
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A DHL Password"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
|
||
"Rest of the world)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
|
||
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
|
||
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
|
||
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
|
||
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
|
||
" shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
|
||
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
|
||
"will appear on your ecommerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
|
||
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
|
||
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
|
||
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
|
||
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
|
||
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
|
||
"United States."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
|
||
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
|
||
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
|
||
"method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
|
||
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
|
||
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
|
||
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
|
||
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
|
||
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
|
||
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
|
||
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A UPS account number"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "An Access Key"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the"
|
||
" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
|
||
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
|
||
"Service in order to to open an account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
|
||
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
|
||
"online profile by following these steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
|
||
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
|
||
"complete the registration process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
|
||
"User ID and Password."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
|
||
"Details** section of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
|
||
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
|
||
" States.q"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Get an Access Key"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
|
||
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Verify your contact information"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
|
||
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
|
||
"contact."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "Produktion"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Management"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using an alternative Work Center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, "
|
||
"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center."
|
||
" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center,"
|
||
" it is not that simple."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when,"
|
||
" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure "
|
||
"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an "
|
||
"alternative work center to use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time "
|
||
"will be noticed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Configure your Work Centers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, "
|
||
"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new "
|
||
"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and"
|
||
" vice versa."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an "
|
||
"operation to it before saving."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing"
|
||
" to it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Create your Work Orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to "
|
||
"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product "
|
||
"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be "
|
||
"assembled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first "
|
||
"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you"
|
||
" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the"
|
||
" usual one is free."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create Bills of Materials"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component "
|
||
"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and"
|
||
" individual steps of the manufacturing process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe"
|
||
" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one "
|
||
"product only."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you "
|
||
"time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Setting up a BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage"
|
||
" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other "
|
||
"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do "
|
||
"not track the steps the product goes through."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* "
|
||
"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data "
|
||
"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, "
|
||
"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components"
|
||
" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is "
|
||
"*Manufacture this Product*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the"
|
||
" same as for the standard product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the "
|
||
"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on "
|
||
"each component line. You can add several variants for each component."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Adding a routing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a "
|
||
"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, "
|
||
"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple"
|
||
" times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select"
|
||
" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the "
|
||
"dropdown menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73
|
||
msgid "Adding By-Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to "
|
||
"the primary product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the"
|
||
" *Manufacturing* app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. "
|
||
"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you "
|
||
"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Sell sets of products as kits"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
|
||
"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*."
|
||
" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of"
|
||
" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and "
|
||
"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit "
|
||
"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation"
|
||
" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
|
||
"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image "
|
||
"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second "
|
||
"image shows the corresponding delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, "
|
||
"create each component product as you would with any other product, then "
|
||
"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the "
|
||
"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track "
|
||
"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. "
|
||
"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should "
|
||
"be unchecked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
|
||
"preference. The component products require no particular configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit "
|
||
"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this"
|
||
" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their "
|
||
"default values."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a "
|
||
"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using "
|
||
"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. "
|
||
"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit "
|
||
"product will appear in your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select "
|
||
"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales "
|
||
"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable "
|
||
"stock management."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture "
|
||
"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing"
|
||
" order* rather than a packing operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
|
||
"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
|
||
" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
|
||
"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
|
||
"variants."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
|
||
"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
|
||
"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product "
|
||
"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured "
|
||
"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, "
|
||
"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of "
|
||
"configurations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit "
|
||
"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which"
|
||
" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly "
|
||
"in the BoM of the kit."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Order"
|
||
msgstr "Produktionsordre"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as "
|
||
"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The "
|
||
"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the "
|
||
"kit BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing "
|
||
"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished "
|
||
"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in "
|
||
"this BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the "
|
||
"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, "
|
||
"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of "
|
||
"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the"
|
||
" kit BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95
|
||
msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit "
|
||
"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. "
|
||
"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing "
|
||
"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished "
|
||
"Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The "
|
||
"last component is consumed during the second operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of "
|
||
"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A "
|
||
"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component "
|
||
"to make another one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. "
|
||
"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*."
|
||
" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a "
|
||
"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will "
|
||
"be for subassemblies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also"
|
||
" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of "
|
||
"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*."
|
||
" Now, hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of "
|
||
"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Configure the Main BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any "
|
||
"subassemblies in the list of components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level "
|
||
"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. "
|
||
"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it "
|
||
"available before manufacturing the finished product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is "
|
||
"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Control incoming goods quality;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Control subcontractors bills."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
|
||
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
|
||
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data "
|
||
"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
|
||
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
|
||
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
|
||
"directly from the subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
|
||
" subcontractors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
|
||
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a "
|
||
"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
|
||
"subcontractor on the *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
|
||
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
|
||
"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* "
|
||
"(3);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the "
|
||
"validated receipt (5)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply "
|
||
"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
|
||
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the "
|
||
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
|
||
"materials used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr "Lagerværdi"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
|
||
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89
|
||
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91
|
||
msgid "With:"
|
||
msgstr "Med:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93
|
||
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96
|
||
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96
|
||
msgid "subcontractor;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98
|
||
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
|
||
"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To "
|
||
"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal "
|
||
"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
|
||
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
|
||
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
|
||
" accounting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the "
|
||
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
|
||
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
|
||
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Sporbarhed"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked "
|
||
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
|
||
"receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button "
|
||
"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the "
|
||
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
|
||
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
|
||
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144
|
||
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the "
|
||
"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the "
|
||
"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the "
|
||
"subcontractors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156
|
||
msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, "
|
||
"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery "
|
||
"address and fill the components to deliver."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two "
|
||
"approaches:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165
|
||
msgid "Reordering rules;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166
|
||
msgid "Replenish on order flow."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting "
|
||
"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering "
|
||
"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the"
|
||
" subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the "
|
||
"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master "
|
||
"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do "
|
||
"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted "
|
||
"components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188
|
||
msgid "Replenishment from another supplier"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to "
|
||
"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* "
|
||
"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other "
|
||
"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the "
|
||
"shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and "
|
||
"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the "
|
||
"subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212
|
||
msgid "Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr "Kvalitetskontrol"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is "
|
||
"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a "
|
||
"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an "
|
||
"external party, it can be defined on the product reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create "
|
||
"a new *Control Point* on the reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished "
|
||
"product is received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
|
||
"production based on your demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
|
||
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
|
||
"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the "
|
||
"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and"
|
||
" maximum quantities to replenish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can "
|
||
"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize"
|
||
" them with drag and drop."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by "
|
||
"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual "
|
||
"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered"
|
||
" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what "
|
||
"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is "
|
||
"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some "
|
||
"information if it isn’t necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation "
|
||
"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time,"
|
||
" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The"
|
||
" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for "
|
||
"its components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be "
|
||
"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based "
|
||
"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are "
|
||
"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the "
|
||
"replenish button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
|
||
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
|
||
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will "
|
||
"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically "
|
||
"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Cells color signification"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different "
|
||
"colors depending on the situation:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
|
||
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
|
||
"demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"still matches current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"was too high considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
|
||
" was too low considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
|
||
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100
|
||
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
|
||
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
|
||
"replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107
|
||
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
|
||
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
|
||
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114
|
||
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
|
||
"the right of its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4
|
||
msgid "Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Indkøb"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||
msgstr "Avanceret"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
|
||
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
|
||
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
|
||
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
|
||
"negotiate discounts on prices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Generate customized reports"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
|
||
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
|
||
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
|
||
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
|
||
" key metrics and a pivot table."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
|
||
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
|
||
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
|
||
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
|
||
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
|
||
"filters are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
|
||
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
|
||
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
|
||
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
|
||
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
|
||
"depending on their date of confirmation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
|
||
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
|
||
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
|
||
" filtered with the previous one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Add custom filters"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
|
||
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
|
||
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
|
||
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
|
||
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
|
||
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
|
||
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
|
||
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
|
||
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
|
||
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
|
||
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
|
||
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
|
||
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
|
||
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
|
||
"the top right of the dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
|
||
msgid "Visualize your data"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
|
||
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
|
||
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
|
||
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
|
||
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
|
||
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
|
||
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
|
||
"displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Explore your data"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
|
||
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
|
||
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
|
||
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
|
||
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
|
||
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
|
||
" so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
|
||
"export it as an Excel file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage deals"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: "
|
||
"blanket orders and call for tenders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to "
|
||
"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your "
|
||
"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same "
|
||
"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different "
|
||
"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process "
|
||
"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple "
|
||
"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often "
|
||
"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods "
|
||
"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal "
|
||
"among several vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Enable purchase agreements"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate *Purchase Agreements*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured "
|
||
"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase "
|
||
"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls "
|
||
"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure "
|
||
"the:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using "
|
||
"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both"
|
||
" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only "
|
||
"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where "
|
||
"you only want to select a single vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, "
|
||
"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your"
|
||
" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines "
|
||
"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-"
|
||
"filled in with that information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify "
|
||
"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new "
|
||
"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set "
|
||
"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities"
|
||
" of agreement*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Set up a blanket order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
|
||
" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. "
|
||
"The other fields aren't mandatory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can "
|
||
"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with"
|
||
" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If "
|
||
"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is"
|
||
" only used for informational purposes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
|
||
"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on "
|
||
"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready "
|
||
"to be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need "
|
||
"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for "
|
||
"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket"
|
||
" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, "
|
||
"product lines can also be pre-filled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under "
|
||
"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it"
|
||
" to an existing *Blanket Order*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment "
|
||
"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed,"
|
||
" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is"
|
||
" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Set up a call for tenders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
|
||
" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't"
|
||
" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an "
|
||
"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for "
|
||
"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for"
|
||
" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you "
|
||
"their best quote."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
|
||
"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New "
|
||
"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for"
|
||
" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you "
|
||
"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send "
|
||
"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process "
|
||
"for each vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving "
|
||
"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, "
|
||
"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your "
|
||
"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and "
|
||
"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. "
|
||
"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each "
|
||
"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: "
|
||
"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check "
|
||
"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on "
|
||
"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know"
|
||
" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or "
|
||
"fraudulent vendor bills."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Vendor bills default control policy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control "
|
||
"policy for all the products created onwards."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon "
|
||
"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are "
|
||
"used to generate the draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once"
|
||
" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The "
|
||
"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try"
|
||
" to create one without having received any product, you get an error "
|
||
"message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Change a specific product's control policy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to "
|
||
"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control "
|
||
"policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47
|
||
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the"
|
||
" *Other Information* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they "
|
||
"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
|
||
msgid "**Billing status**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
|
||
msgid "**Conditions**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
|
||
msgid "*On received quantities*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
|
||
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||
msgid "*Nothing to Bill*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||
msgid "*(Not applicable)*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||
msgid "*Waiting Bills*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||
msgid "*Fully Billed*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way"
|
||
" matching*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On "
|
||
"received quantities*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84
|
||
msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be "
|
||
"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if "
|
||
"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have "
|
||
"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* "
|
||
"when you create one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, "
|
||
"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It"
|
||
" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason "
|
||
"to have done so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be "
|
||
"Paid* status is set to *No*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can "
|
||
"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* "
|
||
"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock "
|
||
"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9
|
||
msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure your storable product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's "
|
||
"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add "
|
||
"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering "
|
||
"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it "
|
||
"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a "
|
||
"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity "
|
||
"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have "
|
||
"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that "
|
||
"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices "
|
||
"for different quantities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled "
|
||
"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown"
|
||
" in the image above. For more information, see "
|
||
":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of "
|
||
"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*"
|
||
" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, "
|
||
"select *Dropship*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Set up your reordering rule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view "
|
||
"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to "
|
||
"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click "
|
||
"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future "
|
||
"orders included."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Define quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, "
|
||
"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy "
|
||
"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that "
|
||
"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales "
|
||
"order for example."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be "
|
||
"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order"
|
||
" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. "
|
||
"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering "
|
||
"rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches "
|
||
"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and "
|
||
"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might "
|
||
"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity "
|
||
"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and "
|
||
"respect the set quantity multiple."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory "
|
||
"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by "
|
||
"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred "
|
||
"Route* column, and selecting the right route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
|
||
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
|
||
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
|
||
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
|
||
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
|
||
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
|
||
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Enable units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
|
||
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Standard units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
|
||
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
|
||
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
|
||
"(see next section)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
|
||
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
|
||
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
|
||
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
|
||
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
|
||
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
|
||
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
|
||
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
|
||
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
|
||
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
|
||
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
|
||
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
|
||
" units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
|
||
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
|
||
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
|
||
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
|
||
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
|
||
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
|
||
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
|
||
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
|
||
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
|
||
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
|
||
" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode "
|
||
"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal "
|
||
"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. "
|
||
"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set "
|
||
"*Digits* to 5."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
|
||
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
|
||
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
|
||
"*Smaller*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
|
||
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
|
||
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106
|
||
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
|
||
"units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|